1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/Availability.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
36 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
46 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
47 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
48 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
53 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
54 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
62 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
63 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
65 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
72 class ASTMutationListener;
82 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
83 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
84 class CXXConstructorDecl;
85 class CXXConversionDecl;
87 class CXXDestructorDecl;
88 class CXXFieldCollector;
89 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
95 class ClassTemplateDecl;
96 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
97 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
98 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
99 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
100 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
101 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
102 class CodeCompletionResult;
104 class DeclAccessPair;
107 class DeclaratorDecl;
108 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
109 class DependentDiagnostic;
110 class DesignatedInitExpr;
113 class EnumConstantDecl;
119 class FunctionProtoType;
120 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
121 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
123 class InitializationKind;
124 class InitializationSequence;
125 class InitializedEntity;
126 class IntegerLiteral;
130 class LocalInstantiationScope;
133 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
135 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
137 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
138 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
139 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
140 class ObjCContainerDecl;
142 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
143 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
145 template <class T> class ObjCList;
146 class ObjCMessageExpr;
147 class ObjCMethodDecl;
148 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
149 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
150 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
151 class OMPDeclareReductionDecl;
152 class OMPDeclareSimdDecl;
154 struct OverloadCandidate;
155 class OverloadCandidateSet;
160 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
161 class PseudoObjectExpr;
163 class StandardConversionSequence;
167 class TemplateArgument;
168 class TemplateArgumentList;
169 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
171 class TemplateParameterList;
172 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
173 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
177 class TypedefNameDecl;
179 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
181 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
182 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
183 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
184 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
186 class UsingShadowDecl;
189 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
190 class VisibilityAttr;
191 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
192 class IndirectFieldDecl;
193 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
194 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
197 class AccessedEntity;
198 class BlockScopeInfo;
199 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
200 class CapturingScopeInfo;
201 class CompoundScopeInfo;
202 class DelayedDiagnostic;
203 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
204 class FunctionScopeInfo;
205 class LambdaScopeInfo;
206 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
207 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
210 namespace threadSafety {
212 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
215 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
216 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
217 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
218 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
220 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
222 struct FileNullability {
223 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
224 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
225 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
227 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
230 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
231 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
234 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
235 /// information in that file.
236 class FileNullabilityMap {
237 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
238 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
240 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
243 FileNullability Nullability;
247 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
248 // Check the single-element cache.
249 if (file == Cache.File)
250 return Cache.Nullability;
252 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
253 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
254 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
257 // Pull this entry into the cache.
259 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
260 return Cache.Nullability;
264 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
266 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
267 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
269 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
270 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
272 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
273 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
275 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
277 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
279 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
280 const NamedDecl *New) {
281 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
282 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
283 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
284 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
285 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
286 // with internal linkage.
287 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
289 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
292 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
293 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
294 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
296 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
297 FPOptions FPFeatures;
299 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
302 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
303 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
304 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
306 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
309 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
310 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
312 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
313 DeclContext *CurContext;
315 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
316 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
317 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
319 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
320 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
321 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
323 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
325 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
326 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
327 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
329 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
330 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
332 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
333 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
335 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
336 PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma ()
337 PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value)
338 PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id])
339 PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id])
340 PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"!
341 PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value)
342 PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value)
345 template<typename ValueType>
348 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
350 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
351 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
353 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
354 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
355 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
357 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
358 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
359 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
362 // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++
363 // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this:
366 // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>)
368 // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot)
371 // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support
372 // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n)
375 // Push / pop a named sentinel slot.
376 void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) {
377 assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&
378 "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!");
379 Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue);
383 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default)
384 : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {}
386 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
387 ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action.
388 ValueType CurrentValue;
389 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
391 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
392 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
394 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
395 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
397 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
398 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
400 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
402 PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack;
404 // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment.
405 static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U;
406 PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack;
408 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
409 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
410 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
411 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
413 // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks.
414 // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body.
415 class PragmaStackSentinelRAII {
417 PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct);
418 ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII();
426 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
427 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
429 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
430 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
431 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
433 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
434 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
436 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
437 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
438 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
439 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
441 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
443 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
444 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
445 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
447 /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups.
450 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
451 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
452 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
453 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
455 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
456 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
457 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
458 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
459 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
461 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
463 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
464 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
466 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
467 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
468 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
469 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
471 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
472 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
475 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
476 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
477 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
478 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
480 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
481 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
483 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
485 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
486 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
488 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
489 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
490 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
492 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
494 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
495 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
496 /// used in initializer of the field.
497 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
498 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
499 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
501 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
503 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
504 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
505 /// same list more than once.
506 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
508 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
509 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
510 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
512 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
513 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
515 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
516 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
517 TentativeDefinitionsType;
519 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
520 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
522 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
523 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
524 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
526 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
527 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
528 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
530 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
531 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
532 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
534 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
535 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
536 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
538 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
539 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
541 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
542 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
544 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
545 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
546 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
547 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
548 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
549 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
550 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
551 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
552 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
554 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *,
555 std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>>
556 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
557 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
559 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
560 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
561 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
562 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
563 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
566 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
567 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
569 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
570 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
574 class DelayedDiagnostics;
576 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
577 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
578 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
580 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
581 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
583 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
584 /// during parsing and other processing.
585 class DelayedDiagnostics {
586 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
587 /// diagnostics should go.
588 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
591 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
593 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
594 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
596 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
597 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
599 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
600 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
604 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
605 /// collected in this pool.
606 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
607 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
608 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
613 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
614 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
615 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
616 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
617 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
620 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
622 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
623 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
624 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
629 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
630 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
631 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
632 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
634 } DelayedDiagnostics;
636 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
640 DeclContext *SavedContext;
641 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
642 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
645 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
646 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
647 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
648 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
650 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
651 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
653 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
657 if (!SavedContext) return;
658 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
659 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
660 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
661 SavedContext = nullptr;
669 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
671 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
673 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
676 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
677 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
679 S.PushFunctionScope();
680 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
683 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
684 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
685 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
689 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
690 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
691 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
692 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
694 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
695 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
696 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
697 /// in the currently selected standard.
698 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
701 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
702 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
704 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
705 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
706 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
707 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
708 /// It would be best to refactor this.
709 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
711 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
713 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
714 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
715 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
718 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
719 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
721 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
722 /// standard library.
723 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
725 /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++
726 /// standard library.
727 LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT;
729 /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts
730 /// of the standard library resides.
731 NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache;
733 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
734 /// \<initializer_list>.
735 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
737 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
738 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
740 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
741 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
743 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
744 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
746 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
749 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
750 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
752 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
753 QualType NSNumberPointer;
755 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
756 QualType NSValuePointer;
758 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
759 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
761 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
762 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
764 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
765 QualType NSStringPointer;
767 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
768 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
770 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
771 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
773 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
774 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
776 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
777 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
779 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
780 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
782 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
783 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
785 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
786 QualType QIDNSCopying;
788 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
789 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
791 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
792 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
794 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
795 /// have been declared.
796 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
798 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
799 /// references to fields. This is really a
800 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
802 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
803 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
804 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
805 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
806 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
807 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
808 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
812 /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement.
813 /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing
814 /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways.
817 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
818 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
819 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
822 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
823 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
824 /// cases in a switch statement).
827 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
828 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
829 /// expression at run time.
830 PotentiallyEvaluated,
832 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
833 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
834 /// in fact the current expression is used.
836 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
837 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
838 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
839 /// until the default argument is used.
840 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
843 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
844 /// expression evaluation contexts.
845 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
846 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
847 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
849 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
850 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup;
852 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
855 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
856 /// this expression evaluation context.
857 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
859 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
860 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
863 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
865 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
866 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
867 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
869 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
870 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
871 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
872 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
874 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
875 /// and block literals within this context.
877 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
878 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
879 std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
881 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
882 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
883 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
885 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
886 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
887 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
889 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
890 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
891 CleanupInfo ParentCleanup,
892 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
894 : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup),
895 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
897 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
899 // FIXME: This is here only to make MSVC 2013 happy. Remove it and rely on
900 // the default move constructor once MSVC 2013 is gone.
901 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &&E)
902 : Context(E.Context), ParentCleanup(E.ParentCleanup),
903 IsDecltype(E.IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(E.NumCleanupObjects),
904 NumTypos(E.NumTypos),
905 SavedMaybeODRUseExprs(std::move(E.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs)),
906 Lambdas(std::move(E.Lambdas)),
907 ManglingContextDecl(E.ManglingContextDecl),
908 MangleNumbering(std::move(E.MangleNumbering)),
909 DelayedDecltypeCalls(std::move(E.DelayedDecltypeCalls)),
910 DelayedDecltypeBinds(std::move(E.DelayedDecltypeBinds)) {}
912 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
913 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
914 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
916 bool isUnevaluated() const {
917 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
921 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
922 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
924 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
927 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
929 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
930 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
931 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
932 const DeclContext *DC,
933 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
936 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
939 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
940 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
941 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
950 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
953 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
954 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
957 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
958 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
960 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
961 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
964 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
966 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
968 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
970 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
972 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
974 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
975 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
976 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
977 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
979 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
981 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
983 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
984 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
986 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
987 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
989 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
990 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
992 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
993 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
994 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
995 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
996 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
998 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
999 // argument locations.
1000 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
1002 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
1003 /// definition in this translation unit.
1004 llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
1006 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
1007 void getUndefinedButUsed(
1008 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
1010 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
1011 /// the end of translation unit.
1012 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
1013 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
1015 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
1016 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
1018 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
1019 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
1020 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
1021 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
1022 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
1023 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
1024 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
1026 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
1028 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
1030 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
1031 enum CXXSpecialMember {
1032 CXXDefaultConstructor,
1041 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
1043 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
1044 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
1045 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
1046 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
1048 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
1049 void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel);
1051 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
1052 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
1053 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
1055 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
1056 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
1057 /// should not be used elsewhere.
1058 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
1060 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
1062 class FPContractStateRAII {
1064 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1065 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1066 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1067 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1071 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1074 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1077 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1078 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1079 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1082 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1083 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1086 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1087 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1088 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1090 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1091 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1092 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1093 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1094 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1095 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1096 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1098 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1099 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1101 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1103 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1105 void PrintStats() const;
1107 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1108 /// template instantiation stacks.
1110 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1111 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1112 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1113 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1114 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1116 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1121 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1122 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1124 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1125 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1126 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1127 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1128 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1129 // in that case anwyay.
1130 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1132 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1133 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1134 if (!isActive()) return;
1136 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1137 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1138 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1140 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1141 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1142 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1143 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1144 // eliminate that code.
1148 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1149 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1152 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1153 template<typename T>
1154 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1155 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1156 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1162 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1163 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1164 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1165 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1168 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1169 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1171 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1172 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1174 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1176 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1178 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1179 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1181 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1182 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1184 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1185 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1187 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1189 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1191 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1193 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1195 void PushFunctionScope();
1196 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1197 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1199 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1200 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1201 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1202 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1204 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1206 CapturedRegionKind K);
1208 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1209 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1210 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1212 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1213 return FunctionScopes.back();
1216 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1217 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1220 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1221 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1223 return FunctionScopes[e];
1228 template <typename ExprT>
1229 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1230 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1231 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1234 void PushCompoundScope();
1235 void PopCompoundScope();
1237 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1239 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1241 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1242 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1244 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1245 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1247 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1248 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1250 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1251 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1253 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1254 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1256 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1258 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1259 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1262 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1263 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1264 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1265 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1266 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1267 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1268 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1269 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1270 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1271 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1272 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1273 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1274 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1276 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1278 /// \brief Build a function type.
1280 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1281 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1282 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1283 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1284 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1286 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1288 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1289 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1290 /// function parameters.
1292 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1293 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1294 /// type that will have function type.
1296 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1299 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1300 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1302 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1303 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1304 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1305 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1306 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1307 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1308 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1310 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1312 DeclarationName Entity);
1313 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1314 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1315 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1316 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1317 QualType BuildPipeType(QualType T,
1318 SourceLocation Loc);
1320 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1321 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1322 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1323 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1325 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1326 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1327 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1328 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1329 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1330 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1331 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1332 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1333 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1334 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1335 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1336 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1337 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1338 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1339 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1340 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1341 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1342 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1343 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1344 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1345 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1346 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1347 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1348 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1349 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1350 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1351 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1352 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1353 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1354 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1355 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1356 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1358 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1360 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1361 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1362 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1364 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1365 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1368 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1369 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1372 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1373 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1374 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1375 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1376 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1377 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1378 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1381 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1382 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1383 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1384 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1385 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1386 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1388 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1390 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1392 template <std::size_t... Is>
1393 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1394 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1395 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1396 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1401 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1402 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1403 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1406 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1407 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1408 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1414 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1415 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1417 struct ModuleScope {
1418 clang::Module *Module;
1419 VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules;
1421 /// The modules we're currently parsing.
1422 llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes;
1424 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1426 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1429 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1430 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1432 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1433 /// visible at the specified location.
1434 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1436 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1438 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1439 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1440 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1443 /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible.
1445 hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D,
1446 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) {
1447 return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules);
1449 bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1450 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules);
1452 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1454 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1455 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1456 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1457 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1458 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1460 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1463 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1465 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1466 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1468 /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member
1469 /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration).
1470 bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1471 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1473 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1474 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1475 /// an extension warning.
1476 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1477 const NamedDecl *B);
1478 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1479 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1480 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1482 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1483 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1485 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1486 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1487 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1490 template <typename... Ts>
1491 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1492 const Ts &...Args) {
1493 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1494 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1497 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1498 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1499 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1501 template <typename... Ts>
1502 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1503 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1504 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1507 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1508 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1509 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1511 template <typename... Ts>
1512 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1513 const Ts &...Args) {
1514 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1515 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1518 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1519 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1521 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1522 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1523 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1524 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1525 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1526 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1527 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1528 SourceLocation Loc);
1530 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1531 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1534 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1535 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1537 NamedDecl *Previous;
1540 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1541 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1542 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1543 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1544 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1546 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1548 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1550 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1552 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1553 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1554 bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1555 ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr,
1556 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1557 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1558 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1559 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1560 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1561 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1562 SourceLocation IILoc,
1565 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1566 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1568 /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified
1569 /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we
1570 /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related
1571 /// scope during instantiation.
1572 ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1573 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1574 bool IsTemplateTypeArg);
1576 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1577 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1578 enum NameClassificationKind {
1584 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1590 class NameClassification {
1591 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1593 TemplateName Template;
1595 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1597 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1600 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1602 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1604 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1605 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1607 static NameClassification Error() {
1608 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1611 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1612 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1615 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1616 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1619 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1620 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1621 Result.Template = Name;
1625 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1626 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1627 Result.Template = Name;
1631 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1632 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1633 Result.Template = Name;
1637 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1639 ParsedType getType() const {
1640 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1644 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1645 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1649 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1650 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1651 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1655 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1657 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1658 return TNK_Type_template;
1659 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1660 return TNK_Function_template;
1661 case NC_VarTemplate:
1662 return TNK_Var_template;
1664 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1669 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1670 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1672 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1673 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1674 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1676 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1678 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1680 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1681 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1683 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1685 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1686 /// disambiguate the name.
1688 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1689 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1692 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1694 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1695 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1696 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1697 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1699 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1701 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1702 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1703 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1704 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1705 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1706 DeclarationName Name,
1707 SourceLocation Loc);
1709 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1710 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1711 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1712 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1713 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1714 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1715 SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1717 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1718 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1719 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1720 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1722 /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
1723 /// to a shadowing declaration.
1724 void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1727 /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if
1728 /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration.
1729 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls;
1732 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1733 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1734 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1735 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1736 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1737 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1738 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1739 LookupResult &Previous);
1740 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1741 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1742 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1743 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1744 LookupResult &Previous,
1745 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1747 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None);
1749 ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1750 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1751 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1752 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1753 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1754 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD);
1755 void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD);
1756 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1758 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1759 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1760 LookupResult &Previous,
1761 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1763 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1765 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1766 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1768 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1769 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1770 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1771 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1772 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1773 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1774 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1775 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1776 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1777 bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl);
1778 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1779 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1780 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1781 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1784 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1785 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1786 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1788 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1789 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1791 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1792 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1793 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1794 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1795 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1796 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1798 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1799 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1800 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1801 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1802 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1803 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1804 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1805 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1806 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1807 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1808 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1809 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1810 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1811 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1812 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1813 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1814 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1816 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1817 /// documentation comments.
1818 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1819 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1821 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1822 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1823 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1824 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1825 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1826 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1827 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1828 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1829 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1830 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1831 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1832 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1833 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1836 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1837 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1838 /// code for that function.
1840 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1841 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1842 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1843 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1844 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1846 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1847 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1848 /// code for that function.
1850 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1851 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1852 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1853 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1855 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1856 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1857 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1858 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1859 void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D);
1861 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1862 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1863 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1865 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1866 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1867 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters);
1869 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1870 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1871 /// specified threshold.
1873 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
1874 QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D);
1876 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1877 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1878 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1879 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1881 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1882 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1883 AttributeList *AttrList,
1884 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1886 enum class ModuleDeclKind {
1887 Module, ///< 'module X;'
1888 Partition, ///< 'module partition X;'
1889 Implementation, ///< 'module implementation X;'
1892 /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition
1893 /// of a module interface or implementation.
1894 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK,
1897 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1899 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1901 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1903 /// \param Path The module access path.
1904 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1907 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1908 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1909 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1910 void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1912 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1913 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1914 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1915 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1917 /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context,
1918 /// emit error if not.
1919 void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc);
1921 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1922 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1924 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1925 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1926 /// has forgotten to import.
1927 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1930 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1931 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1932 enum class MissingImportKind {
1936 ExplicitSpecialization,
1937 PartialSpecialization
1940 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1941 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1942 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1943 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true);
1944 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1945 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1946 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1948 Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
1949 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1950 Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl,
1951 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1953 /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an
1954 /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations
1955 /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not.
1956 void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec);
1958 /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a
1959 /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible,
1960 /// and diagnose if not.
1961 void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc,
1964 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1965 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1966 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1969 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1970 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1971 const Preprocessor &PP);
1974 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1975 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1977 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1978 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1979 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
1980 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1981 bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
1982 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord);
1984 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1987 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1989 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1990 RecordDecl *Record);
1992 /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics.
1993 /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag.
1999 NTK_TypeAliasTemplate,
2000 NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument,
2003 /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating
2004 /// what kind of non-tag type this is.
2005 NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D);
2007 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
2008 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
2009 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
2010 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
2013 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
2014 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
2015 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
2016 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
2019 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
2020 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2021 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2022 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
2023 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
2024 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
2025 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
2026 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
2027 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
2028 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
2030 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
2031 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
2033 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2034 AttributeList *Attr,
2035 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
2037 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
2040 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2041 IdentifierInfo *Name,
2042 SourceLocation TagLoc,
2043 SourceLocation NameLoc);
2045 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2046 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
2047 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
2048 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2049 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
2051 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2052 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2053 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2054 AccessSpecifier AS);
2055 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
2056 SourceLocation DeclStart,
2057 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2058 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2060 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
2062 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
2063 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2064 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
2065 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2066 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
2067 SourceLocation TSSL,
2068 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
2069 Declarator *D = nullptr);
2071 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
2072 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
2073 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
2074 bool Diagnose = false);
2075 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2076 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
2077 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
2078 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
2079 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
2080 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
2082 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
2083 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
2084 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
2085 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
2086 AttributeList *AttrList);
2088 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
2089 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
2090 /// struct, or union).
2091 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2093 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
2095 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
2096 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
2098 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
2100 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
2101 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
2102 /// member declarations.
2103 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2104 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
2105 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
2106 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
2108 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
2109 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
2110 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
2111 SourceRange BraceRange);
2113 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
2115 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
2117 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
2118 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
2120 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
2121 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2122 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
2124 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
2125 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
2126 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
2128 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2129 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2130 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2133 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2134 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2135 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2136 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2137 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2139 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2140 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2141 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2142 SourceLocation IILoc);
2144 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2145 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2146 AttributeList *Attrs,
2147 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2148 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
2150 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2151 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2153 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2155 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2156 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2157 void PopDeclContext();
2159 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2160 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2161 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2162 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2164 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2165 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2166 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2168 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2170 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2171 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2172 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2173 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2175 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2176 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2177 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2178 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2180 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2181 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2182 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2183 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2185 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2186 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2188 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2189 /// top level scope.
2191 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2193 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2194 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2196 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2197 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2198 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2200 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2201 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2202 /// directly within it.
2203 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2204 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2206 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2207 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2208 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2210 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2211 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2212 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2213 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2215 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2216 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2217 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2218 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2220 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2223 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2224 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2226 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2227 /// a protocol requirement.
2228 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2231 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2232 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2233 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2235 VersionTuple Introduced,
2236 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2237 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2240 bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement,
2241 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2242 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2243 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2244 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2245 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2246 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2247 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2248 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2249 UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2250 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid);
2251 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2252 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2253 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2254 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2256 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2257 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2258 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2259 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2260 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2261 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2262 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2263 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2264 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2265 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2266 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2267 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2268 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2269 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2270 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2271 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2272 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2273 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2274 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2275 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2277 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2278 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2279 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2280 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2281 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2282 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2283 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2284 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2285 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2286 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2287 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2288 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2289 bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn);
2290 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2292 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2293 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2294 enum AssignmentAction {
2302 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2305 /// C++ Overloading.
2307 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2308 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2311 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2312 /// an existing declaration.
2315 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2319 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2321 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2322 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2323 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2324 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl,
2325 bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true);
2327 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2328 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2330 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2331 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2332 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2334 ImplicitConversionSequence
2335 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2336 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2338 bool InOverloadResolution,
2340 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2342 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2343 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2344 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2345 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2346 bool InOverloadResolution,
2347 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2348 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2349 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2350 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2351 QualType &ConvertedType);
2352 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2353 QualType& ConvertedType);
2354 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2355 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2356 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2357 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2358 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2360 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2361 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2362 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2364 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2365 bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
2366 bool Diagnose = true);
2367 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2368 bool InOverloadResolution,
2369 QualType &ConvertedType);
2370 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2372 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2373 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2374 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2375 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2376 bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2377 QualType &ResultTy);
2378 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2379 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2381 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2382 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2383 QualType ResultType,
2385 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2387 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2389 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2390 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2392 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2393 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2394 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2395 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2396 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2397 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2399 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2400 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2402 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2404 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2405 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2406 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2407 CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2408 CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement.
2410 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2411 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2412 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2413 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2415 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2416 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2417 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2420 bool SuppressConversion;
2422 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2423 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2424 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2426 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2427 /// for this conversion.
2428 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2430 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2431 /// integral or enumeration type.
2432 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2433 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2435 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2436 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2437 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2439 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2441 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2442 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2444 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2445 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2446 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2448 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2450 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2451 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2453 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2454 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2455 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2457 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2458 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2459 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2460 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2462 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2465 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2466 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2469 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2470 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2471 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2472 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2474 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2475 bool match(QualType T) override;
2477 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2478 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2479 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2482 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2483 /// integral or enumeration type.
2484 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2485 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2488 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2489 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2490 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2493 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2498 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2500 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2501 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2502 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2511 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2513 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2514 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2515 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2518 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2519 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2520 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2521 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2523 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2524 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2525 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2526 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2527 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2528 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2529 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2530 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2531 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2532 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2533 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2534 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2535 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2536 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2537 QualType ObjectType,
2538 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2539 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2540 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2541 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2542 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2543 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2544 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2545 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2546 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2547 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2548 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2549 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2550 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2551 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2552 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2553 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2554 QualType ObjectType,
2555 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2556 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2557 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2558 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2559 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2560 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2561 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2562 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2563 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2564 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2565 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2566 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2567 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2568 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2569 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2570 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2571 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2572 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2573 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2574 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2575 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2576 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2577 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2578 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2579 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2580 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2581 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2582 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2583 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2584 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2585 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2586 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2587 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2588 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2589 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2590 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2591 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2592 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2593 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2594 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2595 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2596 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2597 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2599 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2600 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2601 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2602 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2604 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2605 void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
2606 QualType DestType = QualType(),
2607 bool TakingAddress = false);
2609 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2610 // the expression Expr
2611 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2612 bool TakingAddress = false);
2614 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2615 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2616 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2617 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2619 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2620 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2622 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2623 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2624 bool Complain = false,
2625 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2627 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2628 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2630 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2631 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2632 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2633 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2636 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2637 QualType TargetType,
2639 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2640 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2643 resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
2644 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult);
2646 bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(ExprResult &SrcExpr);
2649 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2650 bool Complain = false,
2651 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2653 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2654 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2655 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2656 bool Complain = false,
2657 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2658 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2659 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2662 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2663 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2665 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2666 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2669 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2670 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2671 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2672 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2674 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2675 // range-based for loop.
2676 enum ForRangeStatus {
2678 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2679 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2682 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2683 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2684 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2685 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2686 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2687 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2689 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2690 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2691 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2693 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2695 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true,
2696 bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false);
2698 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2699 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2700 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2701 ExprResult *Result);
2703 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2704 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2705 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2708 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2709 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2710 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2711 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2713 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2714 SourceLocation RLoc,
2715 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2718 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2719 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2721 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2723 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2725 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2727 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2728 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2729 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2731 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2732 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2733 /// that best represents the call.
2734 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2735 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2737 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2738 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
2739 bool CheckParameterNames);
2740 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2741 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2742 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2744 /// \name Name lookup
2746 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2747 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2748 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2749 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2750 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2751 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2753 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2754 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2755 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2756 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2757 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2758 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2759 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2761 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2762 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2763 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2764 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2765 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2766 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2767 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2768 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2771 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2772 enum LookupNameKind {
2773 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2774 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2775 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2776 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2777 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2778 /// structs, and unions.
2780 /// Label name lookup.
2782 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2783 /// class/struct/union members.
2785 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2786 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2787 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2789 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2790 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2791 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2792 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2793 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2794 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2795 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2796 LookupNamespaceName,
2797 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2798 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2799 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2800 LookupUsingDeclName,
2801 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2802 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2803 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2804 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2805 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2806 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2807 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2808 LookupLocalFriendName,
2809 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2810 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2811 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2812 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2813 /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation.
2814 LookupOMPReductionName,
2815 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2819 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2820 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2821 enum RedeclarationKind {
2822 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2823 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2824 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2825 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2826 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2830 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2831 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2832 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2834 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2835 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2837 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2838 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2840 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2841 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2842 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2844 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2845 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2846 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2850 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2851 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2858 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2859 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2860 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2863 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2865 struct TypoExprState {
2866 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2867 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2868 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2870 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2871 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2874 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2875 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2877 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2878 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2879 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2880 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2882 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2884 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2885 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2886 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2888 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2890 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2892 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2893 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2894 /// should be skipped entirely.
2895 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2896 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2897 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2899 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2900 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2901 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2902 bool ErrorRecovery);
2905 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2907 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2908 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2910 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2911 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2913 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2914 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2915 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2917 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2918 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2919 = NotForRedeclaration);
2920 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2921 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2922 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2923 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2924 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2926 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2927 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2928 bool EnteringContext = false);
2929 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2930 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2931 = NotForRedeclaration);
2932 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2934 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2935 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2936 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2937 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2938 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2939 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2941 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2942 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2944 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2945 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2946 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2948 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2949 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2950 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2952 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2953 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2954 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2956 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2957 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2958 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2961 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2962 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2964 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2965 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2967 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2968 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2969 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2970 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2971 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2972 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2974 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2975 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2976 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2979 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2980 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2981 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2982 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2983 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2984 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2985 bool EnteringContext = false,
2986 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2987 bool RecordFailure = true);
2989 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2990 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2992 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2993 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2994 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2995 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2996 bool EnteringContext = false,
2997 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2999 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
3000 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
3001 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
3002 /// more typos could not be corrected.
3004 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
3006 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
3009 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
3010 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
3011 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
3012 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
3014 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3015 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3016 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
3019 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
3020 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3021 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
3025 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
3026 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
3027 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
3028 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
3032 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
3033 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
3034 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
3037 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3038 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3039 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3041 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
3042 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
3043 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
3044 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
3046 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
3047 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3048 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
3049 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
3051 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
3052 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
3054 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
3057 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
3058 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3059 bool TypoCorrection = false);
3060 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
3061 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
3062 SourceLocation Loc);
3063 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
3065 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
3067 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
3069 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3070 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3071 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
3072 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
3073 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
3074 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
3075 const AttributeList *AttrList);
3077 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
3079 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
3080 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
3081 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
3083 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
3085 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
3086 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
3087 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
3088 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
3089 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
3090 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
3091 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
3092 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3093 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
3094 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
3095 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
3096 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
3098 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
3100 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
3101 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
3102 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
3103 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
3104 SourceLocation Loc);
3106 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
3107 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
3108 // one that came from a typedef.
3109 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
3111 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
3112 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
3113 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
3115 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
3118 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
3119 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
3121 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
3123 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
3125 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
3126 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
3127 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
3128 /// underscored type specifier.
3130 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
3131 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
3132 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
3133 bool isContextSensitive);
3135 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
3136 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
3139 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3140 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3141 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3143 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3144 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
3145 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3147 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3148 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3149 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3150 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3151 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3153 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3154 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3156 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3157 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3158 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3159 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3160 SourceLocation Loc);
3162 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3163 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3164 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3165 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3166 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3168 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3169 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3170 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3171 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3172 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3174 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3175 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3177 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3178 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3179 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3181 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3183 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3184 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3185 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3186 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3187 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3189 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3190 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3191 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3192 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3194 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3195 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3196 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3197 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3198 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3200 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3201 /// class extensions.
3202 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3203 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3204 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3205 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3208 const bool isReadWrite,
3209 unsigned &Attributes,
3210 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3212 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3213 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3215 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3216 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3217 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3218 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3219 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3220 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3221 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3224 const bool isReadWrite,
3225 const unsigned Attributes,
3226 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3228 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3229 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3230 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3232 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3233 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3234 /// setter or getter.
3235 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3236 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3238 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3240 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3241 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3242 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3244 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3246 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3251 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3252 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3253 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3254 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3255 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3257 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3258 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3259 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3260 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3261 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3262 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3263 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3264 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3265 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3266 bool ImmediateClass,
3267 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3269 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3270 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3271 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3272 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3274 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3275 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3278 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3279 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3280 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3282 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3283 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3284 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3285 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3289 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3290 /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and
3291 /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such
3292 /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it
3295 CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3296 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3297 bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther,
3298 const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr);
3301 AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3302 SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass,
3303 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3306 DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3307 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3308 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3311 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3312 /// nullptr if none could be found
3313 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3315 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods);
3318 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3319 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3320 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3322 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3323 return TypoCorrection();
3327 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3328 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3329 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3330 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3331 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3332 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3335 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3336 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3337 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3340 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3342 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3344 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3345 /// there are multiple signatures.
3346 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3347 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3348 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3352 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3353 /// there are multiple signatures.
3354 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3355 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3356 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3360 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3361 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3362 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3364 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3366 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3368 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3369 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3371 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3372 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3376 FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { }
3377 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3379 ExprResult release() {
3383 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3385 Expr *operator->() {
3390 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3391 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3394 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3399 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3400 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3402 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3403 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3405 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3407 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3408 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3409 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3412 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3413 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3415 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3416 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3418 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3419 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3420 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3421 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3423 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3424 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3426 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3427 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3430 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3431 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3438 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3439 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3442 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3443 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3445 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3447 void disable() { Active = false; }
3450 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3451 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3452 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3453 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3454 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3455 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3456 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3457 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3458 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3460 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3461 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3462 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3463 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3464 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3466 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3467 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3470 class ConditionResult;
3471 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3473 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3474 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3475 StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr,
3477 ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal,
3478 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3479 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3481 ConditionResult Cond);
3482 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3483 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3484 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond,
3486 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3487 SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen,
3488 Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen);
3490 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3491 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3493 ConditionResult Second,
3495 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3497 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3499 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3500 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3501 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3502 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3504 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3505 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3507 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3508 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3510 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3511 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3515 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3516 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3518 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3519 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3520 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3521 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3522 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3523 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3524 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End,
3525 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3527 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3528 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3529 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3531 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3532 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3533 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3534 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3535 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3537 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3538 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3540 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3541 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3542 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3543 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3544 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3545 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3546 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3547 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3548 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3550 unsigned NumParams);
3551 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3552 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3553 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3554 bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible);
3556 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3558 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3559 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3561 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3562 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3563 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3564 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3565 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3566 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3568 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3569 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3571 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3572 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3573 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3574 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3575 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3576 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3577 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3578 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3579 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3580 StringRef AsmString,
3581 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3582 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3583 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3584 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3585 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3586 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3587 SourceLocation Location,
3590 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3591 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3592 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3593 bool Invalid = false);
3595 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3597 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3598 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3600 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3602 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3603 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3605 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3606 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3608 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3610 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3614 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3616 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3617 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3618 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3619 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3621 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3623 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3624 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3625 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3626 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3628 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3629 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3631 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3634 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3635 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3636 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3637 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3639 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3641 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3643 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3645 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3647 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3648 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3649 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3650 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3651 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3653 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3654 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3656 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3659 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3663 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3664 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3665 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3666 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3668 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3669 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3670 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3672 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3674 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3675 SourceLocation Loc);
3677 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3678 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3680 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3682 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3683 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3684 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3686 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3687 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3690 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3692 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityResult AR, NamedDecl *D,
3693 StringRef Message, SourceLocation Loc,
3694 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3695 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3696 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3698 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3699 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3701 /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD
3702 void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD);
3704 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3705 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3707 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid);
3708 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3709 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3710 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3711 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3712 void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3713 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3714 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3715 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3716 SourceLocation Loc);
3717 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3718 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3720 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3721 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3722 bool IsDecltype = false);
3723 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3724 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3725 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3726 bool IsDecltype = false);
3727 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3729 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3731 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3732 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3734 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3736 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3737 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3738 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3739 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3740 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3741 // named expressions.
3743 // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and
3744 // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of
3745 // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance,
3746 // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an
3747 // explicit nested-name-specifier).
3748 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse);
3749 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3750 bool MightBeOdrUse = true);
3751 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3752 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3753 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3755 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3756 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3758 enum TryCaptureKind {
3759 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3762 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3764 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3766 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3768 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3769 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3771 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3772 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3774 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3775 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3776 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3777 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3779 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3780 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3781 /// variable can be captured.
3783 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3784 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3787 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3788 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3789 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3790 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3791 /// a nested generic lambda.
3793 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3794 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3795 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3796 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3797 QualType &CaptureType,
3798 QualType &DeclRefType,
3799 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3801 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3802 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3803 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3804 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3806 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3807 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3809 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3810 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3811 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3813 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3814 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3815 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3817 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3818 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3819 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3820 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3821 bool ForceComplain = false,
3822 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3824 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3825 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3826 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3828 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3829 /// evaluation context.
3831 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3832 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3833 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3834 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3835 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3836 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3838 // Primary Expressions.
3839 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3841 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3842 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3843 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3844 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3845 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3847 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3848 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3849 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3850 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3853 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3854 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3855 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3856 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3858 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3860 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3862 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3863 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3864 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3865 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3866 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3868 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3871 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3873 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3874 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3875 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3876 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3877 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3879 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3880 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3881 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3882 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3883 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3884 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3885 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3887 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3888 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3890 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3892 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3893 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3895 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3896 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3898 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3899 const LookupResult &R,
3900 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3903 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3904 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3905 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3906 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3908 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3909 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3910 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3911 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3913 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3916 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3917 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3918 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3919 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3920 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3921 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3923 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3924 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3925 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3926 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3927 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3929 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3930 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3931 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3932 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3934 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3936 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3937 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3938 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3939 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3940 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3944 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3945 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3946 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3947 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3949 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3950 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3951 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3952 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3953 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3954 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3955 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3956 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3957 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3958 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3959 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3960 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3962 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3963 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3965 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3966 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3967 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3968 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3970 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3972 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3973 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3974 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3976 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3977 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3979 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3980 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3981 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3982 SourceRange ArgRange);
3984 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3985 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3987 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3988 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3989 SourceRange ExprRange,
3990 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3991 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3992 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3993 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3994 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3995 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3996 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3997 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3999 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4000 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4001 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4002 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
4003 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4004 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4005 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
4007 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
4008 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
4009 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
4010 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
4011 // defines a custom operator->).
4012 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
4018 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
4019 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
4020 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4021 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4022 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4024 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4027 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4028 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4029 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4030 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
4031 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
4033 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
4034 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
4036 ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow,
4037 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4038 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field,
4039 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4040 const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo);
4042 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
4044 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
4045 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4046 const LookupResult &R);
4048 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
4049 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4050 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4051 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4052 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
4053 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4054 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4056 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4057 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4058 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4060 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4061 UnqualifiedId &Member,
4064 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
4065 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4066 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4067 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4068 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4069 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4070 bool ExecConfig = false);
4071 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4073 const Expr *ArgExpr);
4075 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
4076 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
4078 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4079 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4080 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
4081 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4082 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
4083 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4084 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
4085 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4086 Expr *Config = nullptr,
4087 bool IsExecConfig = false);
4089 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
4090 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
4091 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
4093 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4094 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4095 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
4096 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4098 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4100 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
4102 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
4103 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4104 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4105 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
4107 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
4109 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4111 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4114 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4115 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4116 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4119 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
4120 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
4121 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4123 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
4129 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
4132 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4133 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4134 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4135 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4136 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
4137 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4139 void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc);
4141 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4142 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4143 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4144 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4145 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
4147 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4148 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
4149 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
4151 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
4152 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
4153 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
4154 void ActOnStmtExprError();
4156 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
4157 struct OffsetOfComponent {
4158 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
4159 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
4161 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
4166 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
4167 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4168 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4169 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4170 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4171 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4172 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4173 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4174 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4175 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4176 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4178 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4179 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4180 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4181 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4183 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4184 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4185 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4186 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4187 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4190 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4192 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4194 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4195 enum IfExistsResult {
4196 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4199 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4202 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4203 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4206 /// \brief An error occurred.
4211 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4212 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4215 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4216 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4217 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4219 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4221 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4222 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4224 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4226 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4229 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4231 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4233 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4235 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4236 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4237 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4240 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4241 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4242 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4244 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4245 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4246 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4249 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4251 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4252 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4253 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4254 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4256 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4258 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4259 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4260 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4261 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4263 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4265 // Act on C++ namespaces
4266 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4267 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4268 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4269 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4270 SourceLocation LBrace,
4271 AttributeList *AttrList,
4272 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4273 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4275 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4276 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4278 NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace();
4280 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4281 EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const;
4283 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4284 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4285 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4287 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4288 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4290 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4291 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4293 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4294 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4295 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4297 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4298 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4299 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4301 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4302 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4303 AttributeList *AttrList);
4305 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4307 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4308 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4309 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4310 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4312 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4313 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4315 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4316 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4317 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4318 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4319 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4321 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4323 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4324 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4325 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4326 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4327 const LookupResult &Previous);
4328 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4329 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4330 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4331 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4333 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4334 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4336 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4337 AttributeList *AttrList,
4338 bool IsInstantiation,
4339 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4340 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4342 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4344 /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the
4345 /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit
4346 /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization.
4347 CXXConstructorDecl *
4348 findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor,
4349 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow);
4351 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4353 bool HasUsingKeyword,
4354 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4356 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4357 AttributeList *AttrList,
4358 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4359 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4360 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4362 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4363 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4364 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4365 AttributeList *AttrList,
4367 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4369 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4370 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4372 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4374 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4375 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4376 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4377 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4378 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4379 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4380 SourceRange ParenRange);
4382 /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if
4383 /// it denotes an inherited constructor.
4385 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4386 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4388 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4389 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4390 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4391 SourceRange ParenRange);
4393 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4394 // the constructor can be elidable?
4396 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4397 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4398 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4399 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4400 bool IsListInitialization,
4401 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4402 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4404 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4406 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4407 /// the default expr if needed.
4408 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4410 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4412 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4413 /// constructed variable.
4414 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4416 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4417 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4418 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4419 // Pointer to allow copying
4421 // We order exception specifications thus:
4422 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4423 // throw() comes next.
4424 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4425 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4426 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4427 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4428 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4429 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4431 void ClearExceptions() {
4432 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4437 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4438 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4439 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4440 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4443 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4444 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4445 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4446 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4450 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4451 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4453 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4454 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4456 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4457 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4459 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4460 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4462 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4463 /// computed exception specification.
4464 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4465 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4466 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4467 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4468 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4469 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4470 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4471 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4472 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4473 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4474 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4475 tok::kw_false).get();
4481 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4482 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4483 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4484 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4487 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4488 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4490 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4491 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4493 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4494 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4495 /// parameter will be const.
4496 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4497 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4499 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4500 /// constructor of a class will have.
4501 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4502 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4504 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4505 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4506 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4507 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4509 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4510 /// destructor of a class will have.
4511 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4512 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4514 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4515 /// constructor of a class will have.
4516 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4517 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4518 CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4520 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4521 /// special member function.
4522 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4524 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4525 /// exception specification information with the results.
4526 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4527 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4528 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4529 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4531 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4532 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4534 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4535 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4536 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4538 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4539 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4540 /// after the method itself was declared.
4541 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4542 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4543 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4544 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4545 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4546 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4548 class InheritedConstructorInfo;
4550 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4551 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4552 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4553 InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr,
4554 bool Diagnose = false);
4556 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4558 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4559 /// default constructor will be added.
4561 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4562 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4563 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4565 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4566 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4567 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4568 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4570 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4572 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4573 /// destructor will be added.
4575 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4576 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4578 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4579 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4580 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4581 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4583 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4585 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4586 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4587 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4588 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4590 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4591 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4592 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4594 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4596 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4597 /// copy constructor will be added.
4599 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4600 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4602 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4603 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4604 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4605 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4607 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4609 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4610 /// move constructor will be added.
4612 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4614 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4616 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4617 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4618 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4619 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4621 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4623 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4624 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4626 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4627 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4629 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4630 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4631 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4633 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4635 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4636 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4638 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4639 /// wasn't declared.
4640 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4642 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4643 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4644 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4646 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4648 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4650 /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member.
4651 void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD);
4653 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4654 /// special member function.
4655 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4657 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4658 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4660 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4661 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4663 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4664 /// member function.
4665 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4667 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4668 /// static member function.
4670 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4671 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4673 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4674 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4675 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4676 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4678 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4679 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4681 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4682 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4683 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4685 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4686 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4687 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4689 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4690 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4691 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4692 ParsedType ObjectType,
4693 bool EnteringContext);
4695 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4697 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4698 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4699 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4701 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4702 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4703 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4704 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4706 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4707 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4709 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4711 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4712 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4715 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4716 SourceRange Parens);
4718 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4719 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4720 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4721 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4722 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4723 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4725 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4727 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4728 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4729 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4731 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4733 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4734 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4735 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4736 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4737 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4738 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4740 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4742 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4743 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4744 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4746 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4748 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4749 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4750 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4751 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4752 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4753 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4754 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4755 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4756 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4757 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4758 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4760 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4761 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4763 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4765 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4766 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4768 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4769 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4770 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4771 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4773 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4774 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4775 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4777 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4781 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4782 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4783 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4784 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4785 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4786 bool Enabled = true);
4788 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4791 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4792 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4794 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4796 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4799 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4800 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4801 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4802 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4803 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4804 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4805 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4806 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4807 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4808 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr,
4809 bool ByCopy = false);
4811 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4812 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4814 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4816 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4817 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4820 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4821 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4824 ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs,
4825 SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen);
4827 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4828 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4830 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4831 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4832 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4833 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4834 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4836 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4837 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4838 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4839 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4840 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4841 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4843 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4845 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4846 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4848 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4850 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4851 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4852 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4853 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4854 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4855 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4857 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4858 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4859 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4860 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4861 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4863 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4865 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4867 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4869 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4871 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4872 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4873 bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4874 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4875 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4876 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4877 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4878 ArrayRef<QualType> Params);
4880 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4881 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4882 bool Diagnose = true);
4883 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4884 bool CanProvideSize,
4886 DeclarationName Name);
4887 FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4890 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4891 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4892 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4894 void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
4895 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
4896 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
4897 SourceLocation DtorLoc);
4899 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4900 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4901 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4902 SourceLocation RParen);
4904 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4905 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4906 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4907 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4908 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4909 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4910 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4912 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4913 /// pseudo-functions.
4914 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4915 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4918 SourceLocation RParen);
4920 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4921 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4922 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4924 SourceLocation RParen);
4926 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4927 /// pseudo-functions.
4928 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4929 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4931 SourceLocation RParen);
4933 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4934 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4936 SourceLocation RParen);
4938 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4940 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4941 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4942 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4943 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4945 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4946 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4947 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4948 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4949 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4950 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4951 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4952 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4954 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4955 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4956 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4958 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4959 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4960 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4961 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4963 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4964 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4965 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4966 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4967 const DeclSpec& DS);
4969 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4970 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4971 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4972 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4973 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4974 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4976 MaterializeTemporaryExpr *
4977 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary,
4978 bool BoundToLvalueReference);
4980 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4981 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4982 : SourceLocation());
4984 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4985 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4986 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4987 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4988 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4990 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4991 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4993 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4994 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4995 bool EnteringContext = false);
4996 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4997 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4999 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
5001 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5003 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5004 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5006 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5007 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5009 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
5011 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
5013 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
5015 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
5016 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
5018 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5019 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5020 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5022 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
5023 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
5024 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
5026 /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec.
5028 struct NestedNameSpecInfo {
5029 /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in
5030 /// a member access expression.
5031 ParsedType ObjectType;
5033 /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'.
5034 IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
5036 /// \brief The location of the identifier.
5037 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc;
5039 /// \brief The location of the '::'.
5040 SourceLocation CCLoc;
5042 /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case.
5043 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5044 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType())
5045 : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc),
5046 CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5049 NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
5050 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType)
5051 : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II),
5052 IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) {
5056 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5057 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo);
5059 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5060 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5061 bool EnteringContext,
5063 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
5064 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
5065 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
5067 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
5069 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5071 /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the
5072 /// nested-name-spec.
5074 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
5075 /// this nested-name-specifier.
5077 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5078 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5079 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5080 /// including this new type).
5082 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
5083 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
5085 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
5086 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
5087 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
5089 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5090 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5091 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5092 bool EnteringContext,
5094 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
5095 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
5097 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
5099 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5101 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
5103 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5104 NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo,
5105 bool EnteringContext);
5107 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
5108 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
5110 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
5112 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
5113 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
5114 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
5115 /// including this new type).
5117 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5118 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
5119 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5120 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5121 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5122 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5123 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
5125 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
5126 /// nested-name-specifier.
5129 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5130 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
5132 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5133 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5134 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5135 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5136 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5137 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5138 SourceLocation CCLoc,
5139 bool EnteringContext);
5141 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
5142 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
5143 /// nested-name-specifier.
5145 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
5147 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
5148 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
5149 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5151 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
5152 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
5154 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
5155 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
5157 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
5159 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
5160 /// of the annotation pointer.
5161 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
5162 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
5165 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5167 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
5168 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
5169 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
5170 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
5171 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
5172 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
5173 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5175 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
5176 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
5177 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
5178 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
5180 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5182 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
5183 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5184 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
5185 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
5187 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5189 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
5190 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
5191 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
5193 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
5194 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5195 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
5196 bool KnownDependent,
5197 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
5199 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
5200 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5201 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5202 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
5203 SourceLocation EndLoc,
5204 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
5205 bool IsConstexprSpecified);
5207 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
5208 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
5209 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
5210 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
5211 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
5212 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5213 bool ExplicitParams,
5214 bool ExplicitResultType,
5217 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5218 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5219 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5220 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5221 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5222 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5223 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5224 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5226 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5228 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5230 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5231 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5233 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5234 /// variables appropriately.
5235 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5236 QualType InitCaptureType,
5238 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5240 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5241 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5243 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5245 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5247 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5248 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5250 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5251 /// statements present in the body.
5252 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5254 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5255 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5256 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5258 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5259 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5261 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5262 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5263 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5264 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5266 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5267 /// was successfully completed.
5268 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5271 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5273 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5274 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5276 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5277 /// function pointer.
5279 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5280 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5281 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5282 /// block pointer conversion.
5283 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5284 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5286 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5289 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5290 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5291 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5292 /// block pointer conversion.
5293 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5294 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5296 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5297 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5298 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5301 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5302 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5303 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5305 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5307 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5308 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5309 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5310 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5311 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5313 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5315 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5316 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5317 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5318 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5319 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5320 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5322 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5324 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5325 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5327 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5328 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5330 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5331 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5332 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5333 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5334 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5335 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5337 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5338 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5339 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5341 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5343 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5344 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5345 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5346 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5347 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5348 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5349 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5351 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5352 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5353 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5354 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5355 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5356 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5357 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5359 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5362 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5363 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5365 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5366 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5368 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5371 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5374 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5375 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5376 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5378 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5379 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5380 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5381 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5383 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5385 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5386 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5387 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5389 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5390 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5391 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5394 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5397 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5398 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5400 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5401 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5402 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5403 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5404 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5406 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5409 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5410 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5412 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5414 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5416 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5419 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5420 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5422 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5424 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5426 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5428 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5430 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5431 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5433 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5434 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5436 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5438 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5440 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5441 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5443 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5444 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5446 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5449 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5450 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5452 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5453 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5455 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5456 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5457 /// first use occurred.
5458 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5460 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5462 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5464 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5465 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5466 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5467 /// by code generation).
5468 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5470 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5471 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5473 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5475 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5476 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5478 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5479 /// in the given class as needed.
5480 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5481 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5483 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5484 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5485 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5486 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5488 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5489 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5492 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5493 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5495 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5497 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5498 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5499 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5502 /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must
5503 /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later
5504 /// when all outer classes of Class are complete.
5505 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5507 void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods();
5509 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5510 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5511 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5512 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5514 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5515 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5517 SourceLocation LBrac,
5518 SourceLocation RBrac,
5519 AttributeList *AttrList);
5520 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5521 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5523 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5524 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5525 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5526 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5527 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5528 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5529 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5530 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5531 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5532 CachedTokens &Toks);
5533 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5534 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5536 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5538 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5539 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5540 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5542 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5543 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5546 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5547 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5548 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5549 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5550 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5551 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5552 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5554 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5556 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5557 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5559 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5560 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5562 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5564 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5565 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5566 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5567 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5569 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5570 // C++ Derived Classes
5573 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5574 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5575 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5576 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5577 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5578 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5580 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5581 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5582 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5583 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5584 ParsedType basetype,
5585 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5586 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5588 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5589 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5590 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5591 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5593 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5594 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5595 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5597 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5598 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5600 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5601 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5602 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5603 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5604 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5605 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5606 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5607 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5608 DeclarationName Name,
5609 CXXCastPath *BasePath,
5610 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5612 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5614 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5615 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5617 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5618 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5619 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5620 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5622 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5623 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5624 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5625 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5627 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5629 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5630 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5632 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5633 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5634 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5636 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5637 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5638 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5639 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5640 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5643 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5644 // C++ Access Control
5654 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5655 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5656 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5658 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5659 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5660 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5661 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5662 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5663 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5664 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5665 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5666 bool Diagnose = true);
5667 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5668 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5669 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5670 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5671 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5672 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5673 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5674 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5675 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5676 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5677 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5678 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5679 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5680 QualType objectType = QualType());
5681 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5682 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5683 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5684 DeclAccessPair Found);
5685 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5688 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5689 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5690 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5691 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5692 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5693 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5695 bool ForceCheck = false,
5696 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5697 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5698 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5699 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5700 AccessSpecifier access,
5701 QualType objectType);
5703 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5704 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5705 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5706 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5708 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5710 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5711 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5712 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5714 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5718 AbstractVariableType,
5721 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5725 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5726 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5727 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5728 template <typename... Ts>
5729 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5730 const Ts &...Args) {
5731 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5732 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5735 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5737 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5738 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5741 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5743 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5745 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5746 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5748 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5749 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5750 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5751 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5753 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5754 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5755 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5757 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5759 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5760 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5761 ParsedType ObjectType,
5762 bool EnteringContext,
5763 TemplateTy &Template,
5764 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5766 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5767 SourceLocation IILoc,
5769 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5770 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5771 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5773 bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5774 NamedDecl *Instantiation,
5775 bool InstantiatedFromMember,
5776 const NamedDecl *Pattern,
5777 const NamedDecl *PatternDef,
5778 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5779 bool Complain = true);
5781 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5782 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5784 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5785 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5786 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5787 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5788 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5789 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5790 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5791 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5793 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5794 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5797 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5799 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5800 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5801 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5802 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5803 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5804 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5807 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5808 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5810 TemplateParameterList *
5811 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5812 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5813 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5814 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5815 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5816 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5817 Expr *RequiresClause);
5819 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5820 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5823 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5824 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5825 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5826 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5827 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5828 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5831 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5832 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5833 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5834 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5835 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5836 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5837 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5838 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5840 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5841 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5842 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5843 AttributeList *Attr,
5844 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5846 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5847 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5848 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5849 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5850 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5852 TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5854 SourceLocation Loc);
5856 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5857 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5859 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5861 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5862 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5863 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5866 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5867 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5868 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5869 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5870 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5871 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5873 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5874 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5875 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5876 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5877 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5879 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5880 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5881 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5882 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5883 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5884 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5886 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5887 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5888 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5889 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5891 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5892 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5893 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5894 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5896 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5897 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5898 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5899 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5900 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5902 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5903 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5906 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5908 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5909 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5910 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5911 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5913 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5915 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5916 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5917 ParsedType ObjectType,
5918 bool EnteringContext,
5919 TemplateTy &Template);
5922 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5923 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5924 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5925 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5926 AttributeList *Attr,
5927 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5928 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5930 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5931 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5935 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5936 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5937 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5938 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5939 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5942 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5943 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5944 LookupResult &Previous);
5946 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5947 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5948 LookupResult &Previous);
5949 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5952 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5953 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5954 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5956 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5957 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5958 TemplateTy Template,
5959 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5960 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5961 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5962 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5963 AttributeList *Attr);
5966 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5967 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5968 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5970 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5972 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5973 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5974 AttributeList *Attr);
5976 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5977 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5978 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5982 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5983 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5984 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5986 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5988 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5990 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5991 /// argument is being checked.
5992 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5993 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5994 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5997 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
6001 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
6002 /// via template argument deduction.
6003 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
6006 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
6007 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6008 NamedDecl *Template,
6009 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6010 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
6011 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
6012 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6013 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6015 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
6016 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
6018 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
6021 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
6023 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
6024 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
6025 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
6028 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
6029 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
6030 /// set of template arguments.
6032 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
6035 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6036 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
6037 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6038 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
6039 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
6040 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6042 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6043 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6044 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
6046 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
6047 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
6048 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6049 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
6050 TemplateArgument &Converted,
6051 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
6052 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6053 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
6054 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
6057 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6059 SourceLocation Loc);
6061 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
6062 SourceLocation Loc);
6064 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
6066 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
6067 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
6068 /// that might be redeclarations.
6071 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6072 /// template<typename T> struct X;
6076 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
6077 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
6078 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
6081 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
6082 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
6084 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
6086 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
6087 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
6088 /// template parameter.
6091 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
6092 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
6093 /// X<integer_c> xic;
6095 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
6098 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
6099 TemplateParameterList *Old,
6101 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
6102 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
6103 = SourceLocation());
6105 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
6107 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6108 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
6110 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6111 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6112 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6113 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
6114 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
6116 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6117 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
6118 SourceLocation IdLoc);
6120 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
6121 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
6122 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
6124 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
6125 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
6126 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
6127 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
6128 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
6129 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
6130 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
6131 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
6132 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
6134 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
6135 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6136 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
6137 TemplateTy TemplateName,
6138 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
6139 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
6140 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
6141 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
6143 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
6144 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6145 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
6146 const IdentifierInfo &II,
6147 SourceLocation IILoc);
6149 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6151 DeclarationName Name);
6152 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
6154 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
6155 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
6156 TemplateParameterList *Params);
6159 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6160 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
6163 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
6164 const TemplateArgument *Args,
6167 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6168 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
6169 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6171 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
6172 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
6173 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
6175 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
6176 /// being diagnosed.
6178 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
6179 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
6180 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
6181 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
6182 UPPC_Expression = 0,
6184 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
6187 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
6188 UPPC_DeclarationType,
6190 /// \brief The type of a data member.
6191 UPPC_DataMemberType,
6193 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
6196 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
6197 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
6199 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
6200 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
6202 /// \brief The enumerator value.
6203 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
6205 /// \brief A using declaration.
6206 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
6208 /// \brief A friend declaration.
6209 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
6211 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
6212 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
6214 /// \brief An initializer.
6217 /// \brief A default argument.
6218 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
6220 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
6221 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
6223 /// \brief The type of an exception.
6226 /// \brief Partial specialization.
6227 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
6229 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
6232 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6235 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6238 /// \brief Block expression,
6242 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6244 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6246 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6247 /// parameter packs.
6249 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6251 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6252 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6253 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6254 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6256 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6257 /// diagnose the error.
6259 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6261 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6264 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6265 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6266 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6268 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6269 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6271 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6272 /// parameter packs.
6274 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6275 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6276 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6278 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6279 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6281 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6282 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6284 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6285 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6286 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6288 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6289 /// diagnose the error.
6291 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6292 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6294 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6295 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6296 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6298 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6299 /// diagnose the error.
6301 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6303 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6304 /// parameter packs.
6306 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6307 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6308 TemplateName Template,
6309 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6311 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6312 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6314 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6315 /// parameter packs.
6317 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6318 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6319 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6321 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6322 /// template argument.
6324 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6325 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6326 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6327 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6329 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6330 /// template argument.
6332 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6333 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6334 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6335 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6337 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6340 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6341 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6342 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6343 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6345 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6348 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6349 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6350 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6351 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6353 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6354 /// nested-name-specifier.
6356 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6357 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6358 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6359 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6361 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6364 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6365 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6366 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6367 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6369 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6370 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6372 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6373 /// may already be invalid.
6375 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6376 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6377 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6379 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6380 /// creates a pack expansion.
6382 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6383 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6385 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6386 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6388 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6390 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6391 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6392 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6394 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6396 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6397 SourceRange PatternRange,
6398 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6399 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6401 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6402 /// creates a pack expansion.
6404 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6405 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6407 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6408 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6410 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6411 /// creates a pack expansion.
6413 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6414 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6416 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6417 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6418 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6420 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6421 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6422 /// transforming the pattern.
6424 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6427 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6428 /// the pack expansion.
6430 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6433 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6434 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6435 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6437 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6438 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6439 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6440 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6442 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6443 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6444 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6445 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6446 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6447 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6448 /// set this value in other cases.
6450 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6451 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6452 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6454 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6455 SourceRange PatternRange,
6456 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6457 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6459 bool &RetainExpansion,
6460 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6462 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6465 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6466 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6468 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6469 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6470 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6472 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6473 /// parameter packs.
6475 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6476 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6482 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6483 /// a variadic function.
6485 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6486 /// false otherwise.
6487 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6489 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6491 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6493 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6495 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6496 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6497 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6498 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6499 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6500 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6502 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6503 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6504 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6506 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6508 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6510 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6511 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6512 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6513 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6514 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6515 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6516 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6517 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6518 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6520 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6522 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6523 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6524 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6525 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6526 /// for every template parameter.
6528 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6529 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6531 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6532 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6533 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6534 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6536 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6537 /// resulted in an error.
6538 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6539 /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent
6540 /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument.
6541 TDK_DeducedMismatch,
6542 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6543 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6544 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6545 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6546 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6547 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6548 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6549 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6550 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6551 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6552 /// template arguments for the given template.
6553 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6554 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6555 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6556 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6557 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6558 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6561 TemplateDeductionResult
6562 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6563 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6564 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6566 TemplateDeductionResult
6567 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6568 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6569 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6571 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6572 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6573 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6574 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6575 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6576 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6578 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6579 // deduction for a call.
6580 struct OriginalCallArg {
6581 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6583 QualType OriginalArgType)
6584 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6585 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6587 QualType OriginalParamType;
6589 QualType OriginalArgType;
6592 TemplateDeductionResult
6593 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6594 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6595 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6596 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6597 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6598 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6599 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6601 TemplateDeductionResult
6602 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6603 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6604 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6605 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6606 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6607 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6609 TemplateDeductionResult
6610 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6611 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6612 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6613 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6614 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6615 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6617 TemplateDeductionResult
6618 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6620 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6621 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6623 TemplateDeductionResult
6624 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6625 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6626 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6627 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6628 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6630 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6631 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6632 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6633 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6634 QualType Replacement);
6636 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6637 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6640 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6643 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6645 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6647 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6648 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6649 bool Diagnose = true);
6651 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6652 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6653 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6656 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6658 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6659 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6660 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6662 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6663 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6665 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6666 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6667 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6668 UnresolvedSetIterator
6669 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6670 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6672 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6673 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6674 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6675 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6677 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6678 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6679 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6680 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6681 SourceLocation Loc);
6683 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6684 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6685 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6687 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6690 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6691 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6692 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6693 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6694 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6696 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6697 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6698 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6700 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6701 // C++ Template Instantiation
6704 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6705 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6706 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6707 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6708 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6710 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6711 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6712 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6713 enum InstantiationKind {
6714 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6715 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6716 TemplateInstantiation,
6718 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6719 /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is
6720 /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the
6721 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as
6723 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6725 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6726 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6727 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6728 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6730 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6731 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6732 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6734 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6735 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6736 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6737 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6738 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6739 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6741 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6742 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6743 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6744 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6746 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6747 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6748 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6750 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6751 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6752 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6755 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6756 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6758 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6759 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6761 NamedDecl *Template;
6763 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6766 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6767 /// are not part of the entity.
6768 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6770 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6771 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6773 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const {
6774 return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs};
6777 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6778 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6779 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6781 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6782 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6783 /// template instantiation.
6784 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6786 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6787 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6788 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6790 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6791 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6792 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6794 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6795 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6796 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6799 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6803 case TemplateInstantiation:
6804 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6807 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6808 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6809 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6811 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6812 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6813 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6814 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6815 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6819 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6822 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6823 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6828 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6830 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6831 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6832 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6833 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6834 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6835 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6837 /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated.
6838 llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations;
6840 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6841 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6842 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6844 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6845 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6846 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6847 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6849 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6850 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6851 /// template defined within it.
6852 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6854 /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most
6855 /// recent visible declaration of that namespace.
6856 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache;
6858 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6859 /// template instantiation.
6861 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6862 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6863 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6865 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6866 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6867 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6868 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6870 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6871 /// error or warning was produced.
6873 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6874 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6875 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6876 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6877 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6879 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6880 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6882 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6883 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6884 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6885 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6887 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6888 /// within a \c Sema object.
6890 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6891 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6893 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6896 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6897 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6898 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6901 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6902 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6906 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6908 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6909 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6912 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6913 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6914 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6915 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6917 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6920 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6921 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6922 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6923 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6924 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6926 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6928 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6929 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6930 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
6931 /// or a member thereof.
6932 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6934 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6936 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6937 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6938 /// of a function template.
6939 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6940 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6941 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6943 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6945 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6946 TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template,
6947 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6948 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6950 /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or
6951 /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction.
6952 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6953 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6954 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6955 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6956 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6957 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6959 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6960 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6962 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6963 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6964 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6965 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6966 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6968 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6969 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6971 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6972 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6973 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6974 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6975 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6977 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
6979 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6981 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6982 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6984 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6985 /// non-type parameter.
6986 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6987 NamedDecl *Template,
6988 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6989 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6990 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6992 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6993 /// template template parameter.
6994 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6995 NamedDecl *Template,
6996 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6997 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6998 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7000 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
7001 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
7002 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7003 TemplateDecl *Template,
7005 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
7006 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7009 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
7012 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
7014 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
7015 /// recursive template instantiations.
7016 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
7018 /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this
7019 /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation.
7020 bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; }
7025 bool AlreadyInstantiating;
7026 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7027 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7028 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
7030 InstantiatingTemplate(
7031 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
7032 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
7033 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
7034 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
7035 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
7037 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7039 InstantiatingTemplate&
7040 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
7043 void PrintInstantiationStack();
7045 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
7046 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
7049 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
7050 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
7051 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
7052 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
7053 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
7055 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
7056 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
7057 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
7058 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
7059 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
7060 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
7063 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
7064 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
7068 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
7069 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7070 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7073 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
7074 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
7075 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
7076 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
7077 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
7079 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
7080 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
7081 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
7085 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
7086 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
7087 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
7088 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
7091 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
7092 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
7093 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
7097 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
7098 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
7099 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
7100 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
7101 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
7103 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
7105 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7107 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
7108 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
7109 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
7110 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7112 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
7113 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
7117 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
7119 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
7121 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
7123 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
7125 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
7126 unsigned TyposCorrected;
7128 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
7129 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
7131 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
7132 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
7133 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
7134 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
7136 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
7137 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
7138 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
7140 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
7142 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
7143 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
7144 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
7145 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
7146 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
7147 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
7148 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
7150 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7151 /// but have not yet been performed.
7152 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
7154 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
7156 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
7157 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
7158 if (!Enabled) return;
7160 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
7161 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
7164 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
7165 if (!Enabled) return;
7167 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
7168 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
7169 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
7170 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
7172 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
7173 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
7174 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
7175 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
7180 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
7181 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
7185 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
7186 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
7188 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
7189 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
7190 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
7191 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
7192 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7194 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
7196 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
7197 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7198 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7201 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
7202 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
7203 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
7204 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
7205 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
7210 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
7211 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
7214 /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos.
7215 class ExtParameterInfoBuilder {
7216 SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos;
7217 bool HasInteresting = false;
7220 /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index,
7222 void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) {
7223 assert(Infos.size() <= index);
7224 Infos.resize(index);
7225 Infos.push_back(info);
7227 if (!HasInteresting)
7228 HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo());
7231 /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the
7232 /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up.
7233 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *
7234 getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) {
7235 if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr;
7236 Infos.resize(numParams);
7237 return Infos.data();
7241 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
7243 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7244 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7245 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7247 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
7248 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7249 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7251 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
7252 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7253 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
7255 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
7256 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7258 DeclarationName Entity,
7259 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
7260 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
7261 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7262 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
7263 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
7264 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7265 int indexAdjustment,
7266 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
7267 bool ExpectParameterPack);
7268 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
7269 const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos,
7270 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7271 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
7272 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams,
7273 ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos);
7274 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
7275 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7277 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
7278 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
7280 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7282 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7283 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7285 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7287 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7289 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7290 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7291 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7292 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7294 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7295 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7297 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7298 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7300 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7301 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7302 bool CXXDirectInit);
7305 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7306 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7307 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7310 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7311 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7312 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7313 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7314 bool Complain = true);
7316 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7317 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7318 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7319 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7321 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7322 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7323 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7325 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7326 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7327 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7330 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7332 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7335 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7337 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7338 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7339 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7340 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7343 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7344 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7345 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7346 bool Complain = true);
7348 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7349 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7350 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7351 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7353 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7354 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7355 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7356 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7358 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7359 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7360 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7363 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7364 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7366 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7368 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7369 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7370 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7371 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7373 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7374 FunctionDecl *Function);
7375 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7376 FunctionDecl *Function,
7377 bool Recursive = false,
7378 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7379 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7380 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7381 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7382 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7383 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7384 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7385 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7386 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7387 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7388 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7389 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7390 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7392 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7393 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7394 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7396 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7397 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7398 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7399 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7400 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7401 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7402 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7403 bool DefinitionRequired = false,
7404 bool AtEndOfTU = false);
7405 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7406 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7408 bool Recursive = false,
7409 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7411 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7412 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7413 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7415 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7416 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7417 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7418 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7420 // Objective-C declarations.
7421 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7428 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7430 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7432 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7433 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7434 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7436 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7437 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7438 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7439 ParsedType typeBound);
7441 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7442 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7443 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7444 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7446 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7447 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7448 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7449 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7450 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7451 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7452 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7453 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7454 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7455 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7456 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7457 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7458 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7459 AttributeList *AttrList);
7461 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7462 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7463 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7464 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7465 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7466 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7467 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7468 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7469 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7471 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7472 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7473 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7475 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7476 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7477 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7478 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7480 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7481 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7482 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7483 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7485 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7486 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7487 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7488 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7489 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7490 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7491 AttributeList *AttrList);
7493 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7494 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7495 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7496 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7497 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7498 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7499 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7500 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7501 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7502 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7504 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7505 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7506 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7507 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7508 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7510 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7511 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7512 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7513 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7514 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7516 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7517 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7519 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7520 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7521 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7522 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7525 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7526 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7527 AttributeList *attrList);
7529 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7530 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7531 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7533 void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId,
7534 SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7535 IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId,
7536 SourceLocation TypeArgLoc,
7537 bool SelectProtocolFirst = false);
7539 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7540 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7541 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7542 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7544 ParsedType baseType,
7545 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7546 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7547 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7548 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7549 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7550 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7551 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7552 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7553 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7554 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7555 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7557 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7558 /// base type was specified.
7559 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7560 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7561 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7562 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7563 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7565 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7566 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7569 ParsedType BaseType,
7570 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7571 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7572 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7573 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7574 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7575 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7576 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7578 /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type.
7579 QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl,
7580 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7581 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7582 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7583 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7584 bool FailOnError = false);
7586 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7587 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7589 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7590 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7591 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7592 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7593 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7594 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7595 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7596 bool FailOnError = false);
7598 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7600 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7602 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7603 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7604 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7605 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7607 unsigned &Attributes,
7608 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7610 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7611 /// setters and getters as needed.
7612 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7613 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7616 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7617 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7618 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7619 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7621 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7622 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7624 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7625 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7626 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7628 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7629 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7630 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7631 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7632 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7633 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7635 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7636 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7637 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7639 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7640 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7641 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc,
7642 ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind);
7644 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7650 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7653 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7654 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7655 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7656 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7659 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7661 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7662 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7665 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7667 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7668 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7669 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7670 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7671 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7672 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7673 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7674 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7675 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7676 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7677 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7679 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7680 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7682 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7685 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7686 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7689 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7691 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7692 DeclarationName MemberName,
7693 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7694 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7698 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7699 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7700 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7701 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7703 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7705 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7706 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7707 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7708 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7710 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7711 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7712 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7717 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7718 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7719 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7721 bool HasTrailingDot,
7722 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7724 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7726 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7727 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7728 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7731 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7732 QualType ReceiverType,
7733 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7735 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7736 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7737 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7738 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7740 bool isImplicit = false);
7742 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7743 bool isSuperReceiver,
7746 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7749 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7750 ParsedType Receiver,
7752 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7753 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7754 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7757 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7758 QualType ReceiverType,
7759 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7761 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7762 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7763 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7764 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7766 bool isImplicit = false);
7768 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7769 QualType ReceiverType,
7772 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7775 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7778 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7779 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7780 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7783 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7784 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7785 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7786 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7789 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7790 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7791 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7792 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7794 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7797 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7799 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7801 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7804 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7805 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7806 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7807 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7808 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7809 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7810 bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true);
7812 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7813 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7814 Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true);
7816 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr,
7817 bool Diagnose = true);
7819 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7821 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7822 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7823 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7824 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7826 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7827 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7833 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7834 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7835 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7837 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7838 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7839 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7840 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7841 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7842 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7843 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7846 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7847 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7848 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7850 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7851 void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7852 StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment);
7854 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7855 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7857 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7858 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7859 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind,
7862 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7863 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7864 /// representation]).
7865 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7866 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7867 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7869 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7870 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7871 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7872 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7874 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7881 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7883 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7884 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7886 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7888 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7889 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7890 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7891 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7892 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7893 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7895 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7896 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7897 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7899 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7900 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7901 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7903 /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II
7904 void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II);
7906 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7907 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name,
7910 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7911 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7913 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7915 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7916 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7917 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7919 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7920 SourceLocation Loc);
7921 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7923 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7924 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7925 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7926 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7928 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7929 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7930 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7931 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7932 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7933 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7934 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7936 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7937 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7938 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7939 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7940 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7941 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7943 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7944 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7945 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7947 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7948 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7949 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7951 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7952 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7954 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7955 void FreePackedContext();
7957 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7958 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7959 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7960 SourceLocation Loc);
7962 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7963 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7964 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7966 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7967 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7968 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7970 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7971 void FreeVisContext();
7973 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7974 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7975 /// the appropriate attribute.
7976 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7978 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7979 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7981 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7982 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7983 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7984 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7987 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7988 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7989 /// with attribute optnone.
7990 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7992 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7993 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7994 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7995 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7997 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7998 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7999 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8000 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
8001 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
8003 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
8005 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
8006 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8008 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
8010 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
8011 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8013 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
8015 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
8016 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8018 /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration.
8019 void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8020 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false);
8022 void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8023 ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
8025 void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D,
8026 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed,
8027 bool isTemplateInstantiation);
8029 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8030 // C++ Coroutines TS
8032 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8033 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8034 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8036 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8037 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8038 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
8040 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
8042 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8043 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8046 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
8047 /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region.
8048 bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false;
8049 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
8050 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
8051 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
8053 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
8054 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
8055 /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive.
8056 unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const;
8059 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
8061 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8063 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8065 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
8066 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
8068 VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D);
8069 ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK,
8070 ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc);
8072 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
8073 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8075 bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8077 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
8078 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
8080 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level);
8082 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8084 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
8085 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
8086 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
8087 SourceLocation Loc);
8088 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
8089 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
8090 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
8091 void EndOpenMPClause();
8092 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
8093 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
8095 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
8096 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
8097 /// private by default.
8098 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
8099 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
8101 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
8102 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
8104 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
8105 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8106 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
8107 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
8108 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
8110 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8111 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
8112 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
8114 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
8115 /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare
8116 /// reduction' construct.
8117 QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc,
8118 TypeResult ParsedType);
8119 /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8120 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart(
8121 Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name,
8122 ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes,
8123 AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr);
8124 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8125 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8126 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8127 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner);
8128 /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer.
8129 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8130 /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer.
8131 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer);
8132 /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'.
8133 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd(
8134 Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid);
8136 /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'.
8137 bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc);
8138 /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'.
8139 void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective();
8140 /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'.
8141 void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
8142 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id,
8143 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT,
8144 NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls);
8145 /// Check declaration inside target region.
8146 void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D);
8147 /// Return true inside OpenMP target region.
8148 bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const {
8149 return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext;
8152 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
8153 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
8154 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
8156 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
8157 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
8159 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
8160 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
8161 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
8162 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8163 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8164 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8165 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
8166 /// of the associated statement.
8167 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8169 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8170 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8171 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
8172 /// of the associated statement.
8173 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
8174 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8175 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8176 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8177 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
8178 /// of the associated statement.
8179 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
8180 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8181 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8182 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8183 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
8184 /// of the associated statement.
8185 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
8186 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8187 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8188 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8189 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
8190 /// of the associated statement.
8191 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8192 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8193 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8194 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
8195 /// associated statement.
8196 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8197 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8198 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
8199 /// associated statement.
8200 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8201 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8202 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8203 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
8204 /// associated statement.
8205 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8206 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8207 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
8208 /// associated statement.
8209 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
8210 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8211 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8212 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8213 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
8214 /// of the associated statement.
8215 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
8216 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8217 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8218 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8219 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
8220 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8221 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
8222 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8223 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8224 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8225 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
8226 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8227 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8229 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8230 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8231 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
8232 /// associated statement.
8233 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8234 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8235 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8236 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
8237 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8238 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8239 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
8240 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8241 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8242 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
8243 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8244 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8245 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
8246 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8247 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8248 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
8249 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8250 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8251 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8252 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
8253 /// associated statement.
8254 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8255 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8256 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8257 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
8258 /// associated statement.
8259 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8260 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8261 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8262 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
8263 /// associated statement.
8264 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8265 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8266 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8267 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
8268 /// the associated statement.
8269 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8270 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8271 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8272 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after
8273 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8274 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8275 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8276 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8277 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after
8278 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8279 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8280 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8281 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8282 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after
8283 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8284 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8286 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8287 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8288 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after
8289 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8290 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective(
8291 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8292 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8293 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8294 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
8295 /// associated statement.
8296 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8297 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8298 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8299 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
8301 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8302 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8303 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8304 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
8305 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8306 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8307 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8308 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
8309 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
8310 /// associated statement.
8311 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
8312 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8313 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8314 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8315 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
8316 /// the associated statement.
8317 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
8318 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8319 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8320 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8321 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
8322 /// of the associated statement.
8323 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
8324 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8325 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8326 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8327 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'.
8328 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
8329 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8330 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8331 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after
8332 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8333 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective(
8334 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8335 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8336 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8337 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd'
8338 /// after parsing of the associated statement.
8339 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective(
8340 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8341 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8342 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8343 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after
8344 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8345 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective(
8346 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8347 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8348 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8349 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after
8350 /// parsing of the associated statement.
8351 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective(
8352 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8353 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8354 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8355 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of
8356 /// the associated statement.
8357 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(
8358 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8359 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8360 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8361 /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of
8362 /// the associated statement.
8363 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective(
8364 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8365 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8366 llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
8368 /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers.
8369 bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind,
8370 SourceLocation LinLoc);
8371 /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear
8373 bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc,
8374 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type);
8376 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of
8377 /// the associated method/function.
8378 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective(
8379 DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS,
8380 Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds,
8381 ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears,
8382 ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR);
8384 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8386 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8387 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8388 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8389 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
8390 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
8391 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8392 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8393 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
8394 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8395 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8396 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
8397 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8398 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8399 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8400 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
8401 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
8402 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8403 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8404 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8405 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
8406 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
8407 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8408 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8409 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8410 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8411 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8412 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8413 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8414 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8415 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8416 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8417 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8418 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8419 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8421 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8422 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8423 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8424 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8425 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8426 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8427 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8428 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8429 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8430 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8431 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8432 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8433 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8434 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8435 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8437 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8439 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8440 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8441 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8442 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8443 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8444 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8445 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8446 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8447 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8448 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8449 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8450 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8451 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8452 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8453 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8454 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8456 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8457 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8458 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8459 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8460 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8461 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8462 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8463 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8464 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8465 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8466 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8468 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8469 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8470 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8471 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8472 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8473 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8474 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8475 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8476 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8477 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8478 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8479 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8480 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8481 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8482 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8483 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8484 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8485 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8486 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8487 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8488 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8489 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8490 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8491 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8492 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8493 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8494 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8495 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8496 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8497 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8498 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8499 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8500 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8501 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8502 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8504 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8505 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8506 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8507 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8508 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8509 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8510 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8511 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8512 SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8513 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8514 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8515 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8516 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8517 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8518 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8519 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8520 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8521 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8522 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8523 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8524 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8525 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8526 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8527 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8528 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8529 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8530 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8531 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8532 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8533 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8534 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(
8535 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8536 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8537 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8538 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId,
8539 ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None);
8540 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8542 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8543 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8544 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8545 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8546 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8547 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8549 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8550 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8551 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8552 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8553 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8554 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8555 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8556 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8557 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8558 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8559 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8560 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8561 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8562 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8563 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8564 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8565 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8566 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8567 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8568 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8570 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8571 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8572 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8573 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8574 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8575 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8576 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8577 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8578 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8580 ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8581 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit,
8582 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8583 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8584 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8585 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8586 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8587 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8588 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8589 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8590 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8591 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8592 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8593 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8594 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8595 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8596 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8597 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8598 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause.
8599 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause(
8600 OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize,
8601 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc,
8602 SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8603 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause.
8604 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause(
8605 OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind,
8606 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc,
8607 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8608 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause.
8609 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8610 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8611 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8612 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8613 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause.
8614 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8615 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8616 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8617 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8618 /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause.
8619 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8620 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8621 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8622 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8623 /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause.
8624 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8625 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8626 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8627 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8629 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8630 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8631 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8632 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8633 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8635 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8637 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8641 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8642 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8643 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8644 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8645 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8646 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8647 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8648 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8650 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8651 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8652 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8654 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8655 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8657 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8659 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8660 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8661 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8663 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8664 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8665 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8667 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8668 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8669 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8671 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8672 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8673 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8674 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8675 bool Diagnose = true);
8677 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8678 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8679 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8681 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8683 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8684 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8685 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8686 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8688 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8689 enum VariadicCallType {
8693 VariadicConstructor,
8694 VariadicDoesNotApply
8697 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8698 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8701 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8711 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8712 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8714 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8715 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8716 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8718 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8719 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8721 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8722 /// form of call prototypes.
8723 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8724 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8725 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8726 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8727 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8728 bool AllowExplicit = false,
8729 bool IsListInitialization = false);
8731 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8732 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8733 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8734 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8736 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8737 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8738 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8739 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8740 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8741 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8742 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8744 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8745 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
8746 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8747 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
8748 /// source and destination type.
8749 enum AssignConvertType {
8750 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8753 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8754 /// accept as an extension.
8757 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8758 /// accept as an extension.
8761 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8762 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8763 FunctionVoidPointer,
8765 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8766 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8767 IncompatiblePointer,
8769 /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types
8770 /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8771 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8772 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8773 IncompatiblePointerSign,
8775 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8776 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8777 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8779 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8780 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8781 /// like address spaces.
8782 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8784 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
8785 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
8786 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
8788 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
8790 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
8791 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
8792 IncompatibleVectors,
8794 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
8795 /// pointer. We disallow this.
8798 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
8799 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
8800 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
8802 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
8803 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
8804 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
8805 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
8807 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
8808 /// object with __weak qualifier.
8809 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
8811 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
8812 /// represent it in the AST.
8816 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8817 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
8818 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8819 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8821 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8822 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8823 bool *Complained = nullptr);
8825 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8826 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8827 /// value, to be used as a mask.
8828 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8829 bool AllowMask) const;
8831 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8832 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8833 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8836 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8837 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8839 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8843 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
8844 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
8846 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8849 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8851 /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType.
8853 /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment.
8854 /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment.
8855 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking
8856 /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be
8857 /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return
8858 /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment.
8859 /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter
8860 /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked
8861 /// for ARC retain issues.
8862 /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the
8863 /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false,
8864 /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false.
8865 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(
8866 QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true,
8867 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true);
8869 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8870 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8871 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8874 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8876 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8878 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8879 AssignmentAction Action,
8880 bool AllowExplicit = false);
8881 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8882 AssignmentAction Action,
8884 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8885 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8886 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8887 AssignmentAction Action,
8888 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8889 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8890 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8891 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8892 AssignmentAction Action,
8893 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8895 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8896 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8898 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8899 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8901 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8902 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8903 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8904 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8905 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8907 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8908 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8909 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8910 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8911 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8912 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8913 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8914 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8915 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8916 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8917 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8918 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
8919 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8920 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8921 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
8922 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8923 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8924 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8925 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8926 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8927 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
8928 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8929 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8930 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8931 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8932 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8934 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8935 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8936 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8937 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8938 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8939 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8940 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8942 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8943 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8944 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8945 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8946 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8947 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8948 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8949 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8950 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8951 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8952 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8953 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8954 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8955 NonStandardCompositeType);
8961 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8962 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8964 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8965 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8967 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8968 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8969 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8971 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8972 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8973 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8974 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
8975 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8976 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8977 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8978 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8979 SourceLocation Loc);
8981 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8982 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8984 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8985 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8987 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8989 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8990 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8991 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8992 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8993 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8994 /// reference binding is not possible.
8995 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8996 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8997 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8998 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
9000 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
9001 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
9002 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
9003 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
9004 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
9005 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
9006 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
9010 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
9011 QualType T1, QualType T2,
9012 bool &DerivedToBase,
9013 bool &ObjCConversion,
9014 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
9016 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9017 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9018 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
9020 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
9022 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
9024 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
9025 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
9026 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
9027 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
9029 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
9030 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9031 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
9032 // returns true if the cast is invalid
9033 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
9036 /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding
9037 /// implicit casts if necessary.
9038 ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr);
9040 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
9041 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
9042 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
9043 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
9044 // returns the cast expr
9045 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
9048 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9049 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
9051 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9053 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error };
9055 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
9056 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
9057 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
9058 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
9059 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
9060 bool Diagnose = true,
9061 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
9062 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
9065 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9066 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
9068 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
9071 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
9072 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
9073 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
9074 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
9075 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
9077 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9078 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
9079 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
9081 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
9082 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
9083 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
9085 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
9086 /// \param Method - May be null.
9087 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
9088 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
9089 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
9090 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
9091 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
9092 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
9093 bool isSuperMessage,
9094 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
9095 SourceRange RecRange,
9096 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
9098 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
9099 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
9100 /// and the form of the message send.
9101 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
9102 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
9103 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
9105 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
9106 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
9107 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
9109 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
9110 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
9111 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
9112 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
9114 class ConditionResult {
9116 FullExprArg Condition;
9122 ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition,
9124 : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false),
9125 HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() &&
9126 !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()),
9127 KnownValue(HasKnownValue &&
9128 !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {}
9129 explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid)
9130 : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid),
9131 HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {}
9134 ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {}
9135 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
9136 std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const {
9137 return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar),
9140 llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const {
9146 static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); }
9148 enum class ConditionKind {
9149 Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'.
9150 ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'.
9151 Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement.
9154 ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9155 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK);
9157 ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
9158 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9161 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
9163 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
9164 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
9166 ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond);
9168 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
9169 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
9170 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
9171 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
9173 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
9175 /// \return true iff there were any errors
9176 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
9177 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9179 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
9180 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
9181 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
9183 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9184 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9185 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
9187 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
9188 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false);
9190 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
9191 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
9192 /// the specified diagnostic.
9193 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
9194 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
9195 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9197 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
9198 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
9199 /// in the global scope.
9200 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
9202 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
9203 /// expression violations.
9204 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
9208 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
9210 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
9211 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
9212 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
9215 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
9216 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
9217 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
9218 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9219 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
9220 bool AllowFold = true);
9221 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
9223 bool AllowFold = true);
9224 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
9225 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
9227 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
9228 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
9229 /// Returns false on success.
9230 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
9231 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9232 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
9233 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
9236 unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0;
9239 /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9240 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater
9241 /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__.
9242 void PushForceCUDAHostDevice();
9244 /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing
9245 /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0
9246 /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error.
9247 bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice();
9249 /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function
9250 /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to
9251 /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations.
9252 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>>
9255 /// Raw encodings of SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a
9256 /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the
9257 /// same deferred diag twice.
9258 llvm::DenseSet<unsigned> LocsWithCUDACallDiags;
9260 /// The set of CUDA functions that we've discovered must be emitted by tracing
9261 /// the call graph. Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted
9262 /// aren't added to this set.
9263 llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDecl *> CUDAKnownEmittedFns;
9265 /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support
9266 /// deferred diagnostics. Specifically, functions are only added here if, at
9267 /// the time they're added, they are not known-emitted. As soon as we
9268 /// discover that a function is known-emitted, we remove it and everything it
9269 /// transitively calls from this set and add those functions to
9270 /// CUDAKnownEmittedFns.
9271 llvm::DenseMap<FunctionDecl *, llvm::SetVector<FunctionDecl *>> CUDACallGraph;
9273 /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred.
9275 /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch)
9276 /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are
9277 /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device
9278 /// function is never codegen'ed.
9280 /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we
9281 /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed.
9283 /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred
9284 /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to
9285 /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe
9286 /// deferred" diagnostics.
9287 class CUDADiagBuilder {
9290 /// Emit no diagnostics.
9292 /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()).
9294 /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function
9295 /// it's attached to is codegen'ed.
9299 CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID,
9300 FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S);
9302 /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if
9303 /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error.
9307 /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar)
9308 /// return ExprError();
9310 /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably
9311 /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself.
9312 operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiagBuilder.hasValue(); }
9314 template <typename T>
9315 friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag,
9317 if (Diag.ImmediateDiagBuilder.hasValue())
9318 *Diag.ImmediateDiagBuilder << Value;
9319 else if (Diag.PartialDiagInfo.hasValue())
9320 Diag.PartialDiagInfo->PD << Value;
9325 struct PartialDiagnosticInfo {
9326 PartialDiagnosticInfo(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, PartialDiagnostic PD,
9328 : S(S), Loc(Loc), PD(std::move(PD)), Fn(Fn) {}
9330 ~PartialDiagnosticInfo() {
9331 S.CUDADeferredDiags[Fn].push_back({Loc, std::move(PD)});
9336 PartialDiagnostic PD;
9340 // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value.
9341 // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists.
9342 llvm::Optional<Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiagBuilder;
9343 llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnosticInfo> PartialDiagInfo;
9346 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9347 /// is "used as device code".
9349 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics.
9350 /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the
9351 /// diagnostics immediately.
9352 /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for
9353 /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize
9354 /// that the function will be codegen'ed.
9358 /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code.
9359 /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget())
9360 /// return ExprError();
9361 /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal.
9362 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9364 /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context
9365 /// is "used as host code".
9367 /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched.
9368 CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
9370 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
9378 /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc.
9381 /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you
9382 /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null.
9383 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
9385 /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context.
9386 CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() {
9387 return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext));
9390 // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from
9392 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
9393 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
9394 CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9395 // function that do not match current compilation
9397 CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions.
9398 CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device
9399 // function matching current compilation mode.
9400 CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls.
9403 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
9404 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
9405 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
9406 /// nullptr in case of global context.
9407 /// \param Callee target function
9409 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
9410 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9411 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
9413 /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA
9414 /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed.
9416 /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in
9417 /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed.
9418 bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9419 const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
9420 return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never;
9423 /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD,
9424 /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings.
9425 void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD,
9426 const LookupResult &Previous);
9429 /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context.
9431 /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program
9432 /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false.
9434 /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if
9435 /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to
9436 /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true.
9438 /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once,
9439 /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate
9440 /// deferred errors.
9442 /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics.
9443 bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee);
9445 /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda
9446 /// operator() method.
9448 /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit
9449 /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__
9450 /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves.
9451 void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
9453 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
9454 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
9455 /// calling priority.
9456 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
9457 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
9458 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
9460 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
9461 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
9462 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
9463 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
9464 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
9465 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
9467 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
9468 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
9469 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
9470 /// the member declaration.
9471 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
9472 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
9473 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
9477 /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA
9478 /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide).
9479 bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
9480 bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD);
9482 /// \name Code completion
9484 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
9485 enum ParserCompletionContext {
9486 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
9488 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
9490 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
9493 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
9494 /// category implementation
9495 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
9496 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
9497 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
9498 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
9499 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9502 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
9503 /// headers within a class.
9505 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
9507 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
9508 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
9510 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
9511 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
9513 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
9514 /// while, switch, or for statement.
9516 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
9517 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
9519 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
9520 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
9522 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
9523 /// might also be a type cast.
9524 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
9525 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
9526 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
9527 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
9530 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
9531 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
9532 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
9533 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
9534 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
9535 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
9537 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
9538 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
9539 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
9540 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
9541 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
9542 bool IsBaseExprStatement);
9543 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
9544 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
9545 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
9546 void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S);
9547 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
9548 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9549 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
9550 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
9551 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
9552 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
9553 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
9554 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
9556 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9557 bool EnteringContext);
9558 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
9559 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
9560 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
9561 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
9562 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
9563 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
9565 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
9567 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
9568 bool AfterAmpersand);
9570 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
9571 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
9572 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
9573 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
9574 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
9575 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
9576 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
9577 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
9579 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
9580 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
9581 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9582 bool AtArgumentExpression);
9583 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
9584 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9585 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9586 bool IsSuper = false);
9587 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
9588 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
9589 bool AtArgumentExpression,
9590 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
9591 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
9592 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
9593 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
9594 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9595 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
9596 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
9597 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
9598 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
9599 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
9600 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9601 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9602 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
9603 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
9604 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9605 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9606 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
9607 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
9608 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
9609 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
9610 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
9611 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
9612 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
9613 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9614 ParsedType ReturnType);
9615 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
9616 bool IsInstanceMethod,
9617 bool AtParameterName,
9618 ParsedType ReturnType,
9619 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
9620 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
9621 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
9622 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
9623 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
9624 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9625 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9626 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9628 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
9629 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
9630 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
9631 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
9634 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9635 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
9638 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
9639 unsigned ByteNo) const;
9642 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
9643 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
9644 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
9645 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
9646 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
9647 // FunctionDeclaration.
9648 struct FormatStringInfo {
9650 unsigned FirstDataArg;
9654 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
9655 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
9656 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9657 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9658 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
9659 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
9660 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
9661 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9662 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
9663 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9664 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9665 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9666 SourceLocation Loc);
9668 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
9669 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
9670 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9671 VariadicCallType CallType);
9673 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
9675 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9676 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9678 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9680 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9681 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9683 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9684 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9685 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9686 bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9687 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9688 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
9690 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
9691 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9692 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
9693 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
9694 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
9695 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
9698 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
9699 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9700 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9701 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9702 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9705 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9706 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9707 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9708 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9709 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9710 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9711 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9712 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9713 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9714 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9715 llvm::APSInt &Result);
9716 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9718 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9720 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9721 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9724 enum FormatStringType {
9735 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9737 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9739 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9742 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9743 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9745 VariadicCallType CallType,
9746 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9747 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9748 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9749 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9750 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9751 VariadicCallType CallType,
9752 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9753 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9755 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9756 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9757 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
9759 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9761 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9763 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9764 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9766 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9767 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9769 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9770 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9771 bool isObjCMethod = false,
9772 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
9773 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
9775 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
9776 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
9777 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
9778 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
9779 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
9781 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
9782 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
9783 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
9784 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9786 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
9789 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
9790 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
9791 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
9793 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
9794 /// attempts to add itself into the container
9795 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
9797 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
9798 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
9799 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
9801 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
9802 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
9803 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
9804 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
9806 struct TypeTagData {
9809 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
9810 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
9811 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
9816 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
9817 /// layout-compatibility.
9818 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
9819 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
9822 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
9823 /// identifies the magic value.
9824 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
9827 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
9828 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
9829 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
9831 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
9832 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
9833 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
9834 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
9836 /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field
9837 /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced.
9838 void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs);
9840 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
9842 /// The parser maintains this state here.
9845 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
9846 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
9848 /// Nullability type specifiers.
9849 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
9850 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
9851 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
9853 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
9856 friend class Parser;
9857 friend class InitializationSequence;
9858 friend class ASTReader;
9859 friend class ASTDeclReader;
9860 friend class ASTWriter;
9863 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
9864 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
9866 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
9867 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
9869 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
9870 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
9872 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
9874 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
9875 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
9876 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
9877 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
9878 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
9879 /// template substitution or instantiation.
9880 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
9882 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
9883 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
9886 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
9887 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
9889 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
9891 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
9892 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
9895 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
9897 /// \brief Get the verison that this context implies.
9898 /// For instance, a method in an interface that is annotated with an
9899 /// availability attribuite effectively has the availability of the interface.
9900 VersionTuple getVersionForDecl(const Decl *Ctx) const;
9902 /// \brief The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, or \c AR_Available.
9904 /// \param D The declaration to check. Note that this may be altered to point
9905 /// to another declaration that \c D gets it's availability from. i.e., we
9906 /// walk the list of typedefs to find an availability attribute.
9908 /// \param ContextVersion The version to compare availability against.
9910 ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *&D, VersionTuple ContextVersion,
9911 std::string *Message);
9913 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
9914 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
9915 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
9916 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
9917 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
9921 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
9922 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
9923 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
9924 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
9925 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
9926 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
9927 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
9928 return NumArgs > NumParams;
9931 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
9932 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
9933 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
9936 /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and
9937 /// their location info for delayed diagnostics.
9938 struct MisalignedMember {
9942 CharUnits Alignment;
9944 MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {}
9945 MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
9946 CharUnits Alignment)
9947 : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {}
9948 explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E)
9949 : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {}
9951 bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; }
9953 /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members
9954 /// due to the packed attribute.
9955 SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers;
9957 /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members.
9958 void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
9959 CharUnits Alignment);
9962 /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically
9963 /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the
9965 void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
9967 /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially
9968 /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower
9969 /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when
9970 /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to
9972 void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E);
9974 /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a
9975 /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit
9976 /// local diagnostics like in reference binding.
9977 void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
9979 std::function<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, ValueDecl *, CharUnits)> Action);
9982 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
9983 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
9985 bool Entered = true;
9988 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9989 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9990 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
9991 bool IsDecltype = false,
9992 bool ShouldEnter = true)
9993 : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) {
9995 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
9998 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9999 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
10000 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
10001 bool IsDecltype = false)
10002 : Actions(Actions) {
10003 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
10004 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
10008 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
10010 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
10014 DeductionFailureInfo
10015 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
10016 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
10018 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
10019 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
10020 struct LateParsedTemplate {
10022 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
10026 } // end namespace clang